1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 long min_got_dynindx
;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
319 symbol without a GOT entry. */
320 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
323 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
324 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
325 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
330 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
333 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
340 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
342 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
343 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
345 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
349 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
350 the global hash table. */
352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
354 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
356 /* External symbol information. */
359 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
360 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
362 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
364 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
366 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
367 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
370 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
371 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
374 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
375 being called returns a floating point value. */
376 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
378 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
379 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
381 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
382 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
383 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
384 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
386 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
387 is against a readonly section. */
388 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
390 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
391 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
392 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
393 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
395 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
396 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
397 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
398 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
399 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
401 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
402 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
403 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
405 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
406 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
407 la25 stub is required. */
408 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
410 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
411 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
412 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
414 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
415 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
443 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
446 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
447 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
449 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
450 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
452 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection
*strampoline
;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection
**local_stubs
;
565 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
570 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
571 asection
*elf_data_section
;
572 asection
*elf_text_section
;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
655 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
726 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
751 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
915 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
917 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
919 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
921 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
922 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
924 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
925 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
927 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
928 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
929 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
930 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
933 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
934 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
936 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
945 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
946 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
947 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
948 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
949 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
954 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
955 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
956 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
957 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
960 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
962 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
963 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
964 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
965 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
966 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
969 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
970 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
972 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
974 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
975 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
978 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
979 floating point arguments.
981 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
982 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
983 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
984 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
985 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
986 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
987 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
988 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
990 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
991 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
992 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
993 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
994 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
995 stub should be discarded.
997 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
998 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
999 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1000 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1001 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1002 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1003 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1006 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1007 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1008 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1010 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1012 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1013 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1014 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1016 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1017 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1018 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1020 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1023 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1024 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1025 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1026 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1027 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1028 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1029 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1030 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1033 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1034 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1035 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1037 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1038 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1039 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1040 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1041 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1042 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1043 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1044 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1047 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1048 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1049 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1051 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1052 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1053 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1054 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1055 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1056 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1057 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1058 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1062 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1063 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1064 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1066 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1067 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1069 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1070 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1071 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1072 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1073 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1074 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1075 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1076 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1080 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1081 in the insn32 mode. */
1082 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1084 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1085 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1086 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1088 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1089 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1091 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1094 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1097 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1098 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1099 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1100 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1103 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1104 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1105 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1106 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1108 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1109 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1110 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1111 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1114 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1115 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1116 directly addressable. */
1117 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1119 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1120 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1121 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1123 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1125 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1128 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1129 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1130 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1132 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1133 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1134 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1135 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1138 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1139 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1141 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1142 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1143 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1144 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1147 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1148 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1150 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1151 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1152 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1153 0x00000000, /* nop */
1154 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1155 0x00000000 /* nop */
1158 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1161 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1162 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1163 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1164 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1165 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1166 0x00000000, /* nop */
1167 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1168 0x00000000 /* nop */
1171 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1172 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1174 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1177 0x00000000, /* nop */
1178 0x00000000, /* nop */
1179 0x00000000 /* nop */
1182 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1183 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1185 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1186 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1189 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1192 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1194 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1195 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1198 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1201 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1203 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1206 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1208 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1209 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1210 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1213 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1215 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1216 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1218 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1221 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1222 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1224 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1225 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1228 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1230 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1231 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1233 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1237 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1239 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1240 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1242 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1245 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1247 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1248 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1249 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1252 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1257 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1259 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1262 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1263 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1267 /* Set local fields. */
1268 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1269 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1270 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1273 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1274 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1275 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1276 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1277 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1278 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1279 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1280 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1281 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1282 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1283 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1284 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1285 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1288 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1291 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1294 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1296 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1301 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1303 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1305 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1306 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1308 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1311 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1314 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1317 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1318 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1321 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1322 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1325 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1328 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1329 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1331 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1332 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1335 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1336 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1339 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1340 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1342 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1344 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1345 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1346 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1349 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1350 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1351 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1353 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1354 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1355 goto error_return; \
1358 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1359 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1360 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1361 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1362 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1363 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1365 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1366 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1367 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1369 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1377 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1379 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1381 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1382 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1383 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1384 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1385 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1386 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1387 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1388 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1389 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1390 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1391 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1393 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1394 free (debug
->ssext
);
1395 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1396 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1397 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1398 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1399 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1400 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1404 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1407 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1409 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1416 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1417 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1422 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1425 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1426 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1427 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1429 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1430 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1432 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1434 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1435 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1439 bfd_size_type count
;
1440 unsigned long sindex
;
1444 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1452 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1454 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1455 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1458 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1460 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1464 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1467 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1468 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1472 size
= sizeof (char *);
1473 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1477 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1478 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1479 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1483 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1486 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1487 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1490 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1493 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1494 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1496 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1497 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1498 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1499 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1500 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1501 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1502 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1503 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1504 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1505 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1507 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1508 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1512 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1513 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1514 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1517 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1521 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1524 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1526 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1527 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1528 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1529 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1531 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1532 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1533 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1535 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1537 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1539 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1542 matters, but someday it might). */
1543 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1572 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1573 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1576 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1578 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1581 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1582 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1586 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1589 /* Create a new symbol. */
1590 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1592 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1593 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1599 /* Make it a local function. */
1600 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1601 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1603 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1607 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1608 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1612 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1613 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1616 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1617 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1623 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1624 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1625 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1626 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1627 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1629 /* Create a new symbol. */
1630 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1632 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1633 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1639 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1640 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1641 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1642 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1643 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1644 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1648 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1649 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1652 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1656 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1657 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1658 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1659 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1660 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1663 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1664 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1665 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1667 static unsigned long
1668 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1669 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1670 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1671 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1673 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1676 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1677 one in a compound relocation. */
1678 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1679 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1680 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1682 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1683 the traditional behavior. */
1684 if (relocs
< relend
)
1685 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1690 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1694 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1697 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1698 objects try to call them. */
1699 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1700 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1702 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1703 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1706 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1707 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1709 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1710 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1711 being included in the link. */
1712 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1713 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1714 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1715 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1716 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1719 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1720 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1722 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1723 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1724 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1725 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1726 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1727 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1728 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1729 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1732 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1733 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1735 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1736 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1737 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1738 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1739 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1740 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1741 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1742 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1746 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1749 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1751 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1753 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1754 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1755 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1759 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1761 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1763 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1764 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1765 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1766 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1767 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1768 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1771 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1772 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1776 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1777 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1780 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1782 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1786 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1787 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1788 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1789 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1795 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1796 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1797 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1798 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1799 entry points are of interest here. */
1802 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1804 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1805 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1806 && h
->root
.def_regular
1807 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1808 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1809 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1810 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1811 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1814 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1815 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1818 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1821 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1823 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1824 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1829 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1830 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1834 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1835 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1836 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1839 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1840 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1842 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1844 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1847 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1851 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1852 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1855 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1857 /* Create the section. */
1858 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1859 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1860 input_section
->output_section
);
1864 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1865 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1866 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1869 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1871 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1872 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1873 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1874 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1876 /* Allocate room for it. */
1881 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1882 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1883 the function symbol to it. */
1886 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1887 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1889 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1892 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1896 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1897 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1900 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1901 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1902 input_section
->output_section
);
1903 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1905 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1908 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1909 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1910 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1911 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1913 /* Allocate room for it. */
1918 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1919 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1922 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1923 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1925 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1926 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1927 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1932 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1933 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1937 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1938 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1942 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1946 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1949 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1950 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1954 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1955 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1961 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1962 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1963 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1964 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1966 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1967 return (use_trampoline_p
1968 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1969 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1972 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1973 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1976 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1978 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1980 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1981 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1982 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1984 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1986 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1987 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1988 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1991 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1992 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1993 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1994 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1996 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1998 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1999 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2001 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2010 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2011 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2014 The format of these instructions is:
2016 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2017 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2018 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2020 +-----------------------------------------------+
2022 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2023 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2025 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2026 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2027 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2028 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2029 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2030 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2031 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2032 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2033 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2034 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2037 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2038 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2039 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2040 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2041 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2042 value as two 16-bit values.
2044 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2048 +--------+----------------------+
2052 +--------+----------------------+
2055 +----------+------+-------------+
2059 +----------+--------------------+
2060 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2061 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2063 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2064 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2065 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2066 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2067 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2069 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2070 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2071 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2074 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2075 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2076 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2077 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2078 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2080 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2082 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2083 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2084 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2085 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2086 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2088 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2091 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2092 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2093 little-endian system.
2095 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2096 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2097 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2099 static inline bfd_boolean
2100 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2105 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2106 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2107 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2110 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2111 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2112 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2113 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2114 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2115 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2117 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2125 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2127 static inline bfd_boolean
2128 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2130 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2133 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2134 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2135 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2137 static inline bfd_boolean
2138 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2140 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2141 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2142 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2145 static inline bfd_boolean
2146 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2148 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2149 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2150 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2153 static inline bfd_boolean
2154 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2156 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2157 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2158 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2161 static inline bfd_boolean
2162 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2164 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2167 static inline bfd_boolean
2168 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2170 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2173 static inline bfd_boolean
2174 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2176 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2179 static inline bfd_boolean
2180 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2182 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2185 static inline bfd_boolean
2186 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2188 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2191 static inline bfd_boolean
2192 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2194 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2195 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2196 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2197 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2200 static inline bfd_boolean
2201 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2203 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2204 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2205 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2206 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2209 static inline bfd_boolean
2210 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2212 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2215 static inline bfd_boolean
2216 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2218 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2219 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2220 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2223 static inline bfd_boolean
2224 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2226 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2227 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2228 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2229 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2230 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2231 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2232 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2233 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2236 static inline bfd_boolean
2237 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2239 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2240 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2243 static inline bfd_boolean
2244 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2246 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2247 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2248 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2249 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2250 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2253 static inline bfd_boolean
2254 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2256 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2257 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2260 static inline bfd_boolean
2261 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2263 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2264 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2265 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2266 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2269 static inline bfd_boolean
2270 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2272 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2273 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2274 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2277 static inline bfd_boolean
2278 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2280 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2281 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2282 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2285 static inline bfd_boolean
2286 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2288 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2289 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2290 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2294 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2295 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2297 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2299 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2302 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2303 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2304 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2305 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2306 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2307 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2308 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2309 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2311 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2312 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2313 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2317 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2318 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2320 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2322 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2325 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2326 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2328 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2331 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2333 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2334 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2338 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2339 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2340 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2342 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2343 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2346 bfd_reloc_status_type
2347 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2348 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2349 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2353 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2355 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2358 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2360 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2361 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2363 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2364 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2366 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2367 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2369 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2371 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2372 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2373 an external symbol. */
2375 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2376 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2378 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2380 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2382 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2383 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2387 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2390 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2392 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2395 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2396 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2397 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2402 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2404 asection
*input_section
;
2408 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2410 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2412 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2413 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2414 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2416 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2417 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2418 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2419 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2421 bfd_reloc_status_type
2422 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2423 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2424 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2425 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2427 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2429 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2430 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2432 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2434 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2436 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2438 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2439 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2442 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2443 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2445 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2448 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2449 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2450 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2452 bfd_reloc_status_type
2453 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2454 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2455 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2457 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2458 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2459 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2460 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2461 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2462 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2465 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2466 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2469 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2470 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2471 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2473 bfd_reloc_status_type
2474 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2475 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2476 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2479 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2481 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2482 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2484 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2486 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2487 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2490 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2492 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2493 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2495 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2497 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2498 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2499 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2500 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2501 has a rightshift of 0. */
2502 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2503 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2504 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2505 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2506 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2507 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2509 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2510 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2511 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2513 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2514 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2516 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2519 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2523 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2524 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2528 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2529 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2530 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2532 bfd_reloc_status_type
2533 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2534 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2535 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2536 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2539 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2540 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2542 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2544 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2545 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2547 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2549 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2551 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2552 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2553 offset or address. */
2554 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2555 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2560 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2561 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2562 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2563 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2565 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2566 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2567 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2571 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2572 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2573 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2574 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2575 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2576 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2579 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2581 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2582 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2584 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2585 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2587 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2589 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2592 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2597 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2599 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2602 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2603 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2606 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2609 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2610 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2614 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2615 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2617 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2618 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2622 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2623 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2625 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2626 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2627 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2628 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2629 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2630 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2634 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2635 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2639 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2640 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2641 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2642 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2643 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2644 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2645 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2648 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2649 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2650 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2653 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2656 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2657 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2658 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2659 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2660 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2661 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2665 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2666 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2668 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2669 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2670 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2671 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2672 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2673 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2676 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2677 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2678 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2679 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2680 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2683 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2684 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2686 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2687 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2688 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2689 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2690 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2691 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2692 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2696 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2697 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2699 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2700 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2701 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2702 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2703 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2704 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2705 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2708 /* Swap in an options header. */
2711 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2712 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2714 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2715 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2716 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2717 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2720 /* Swap out an options header. */
2723 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2724 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2726 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2727 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2728 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2729 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2732 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2735 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2736 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2737 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2739 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2740 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2741 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2742 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2743 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2744 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2745 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2746 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2747 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2748 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2749 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2752 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2755 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2756 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2757 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2759 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2760 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2761 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2762 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2763 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2764 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2765 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2766 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2767 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2768 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2769 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2772 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2773 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2776 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2778 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2779 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2782 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2783 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2785 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2789 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2791 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2796 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2799 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2800 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2803 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2804 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2806 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2807 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2808 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2809 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2811 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2813 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2816 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2818 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2827 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2828 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2829 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2830 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2831 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2832 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2833 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2834 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2835 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2836 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2837 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2838 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2839 when generating a final executable. */
2842 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2844 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2846 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2848 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2850 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2851 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2852 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2853 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2854 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2856 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2857 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2858 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2859 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2860 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2868 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2871 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2872 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2873 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2874 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2875 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2876 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2878 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2879 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2883 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2885 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2886 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2887 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2889 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2890 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2891 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2893 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2895 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2896 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2897 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2898 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2900 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2902 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2903 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2904 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2907 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2909 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2910 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2911 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2916 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2917 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2919 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2920 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2921 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2922 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2925 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2927 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2928 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2929 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2930 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2931 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2932 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2933 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2934 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2935 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2936 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2937 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2938 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2939 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2940 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2941 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2942 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2943 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2945 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2949 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2950 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2953 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2954 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2955 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2956 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2958 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2959 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2960 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2961 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2963 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2964 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2965 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2966 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2967 + sec
->output_offset
2968 + output_section
->vma
);
2970 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2974 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2976 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2977 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2979 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2981 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2982 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2983 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2984 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2985 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2987 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2990 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2991 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2992 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2993 + sec
->output_offset
2994 + output_section
->vma
);
2996 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3001 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3002 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3005 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
3012 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3015 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3017 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3018 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3020 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3023 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3025 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3028 static INLINE hashval_t
3029 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3032 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3039 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3041 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3043 return (entry
->symndx
3044 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3045 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3046 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3047 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3048 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3049 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3053 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3055 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3056 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3058 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3059 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3060 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3061 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3062 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3063 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3064 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3068 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3070 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3072 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3073 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3074 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3075 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3076 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3080 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3082 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3084 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3085 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3086 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3087 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3088 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3089 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3090 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3094 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3096 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3098 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3099 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3103 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3105 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3107 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3108 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3109 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3112 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3114 static struct mips_got_info
*
3115 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3117 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3119 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3123 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3124 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3125 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3128 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3129 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3130 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3136 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3137 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3139 static struct mips_got_info
*
3140 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3142 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3144 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3147 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3148 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3149 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3153 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3156 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3158 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3160 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3161 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3164 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3165 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3166 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3167 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3168 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3169 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3174 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3175 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3176 if creation fails. */
3179 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3185 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3186 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3187 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3188 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3190 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3195 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3198 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3199 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3205 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3208 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3210 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3213 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3216 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3219 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3222 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3225 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3242 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3243 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3247 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3248 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3251 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3252 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3254 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3255 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3258 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3260 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3261 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3270 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3276 return bfd_link_pic (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3283 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3287 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3288 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3289 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3291 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3293 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3294 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3296 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3298 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3299 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3301 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3304 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3307 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3309 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3314 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3316 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3318 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3319 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3321 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3323 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3324 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3326 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3329 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3330 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3332 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3335 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3338 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3339 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3340 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3343 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3345 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3346 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3347 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3349 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3358 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3360 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
),
3362 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
3363 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3364 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3367 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3370 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3372 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3373 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3376 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3377 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3378 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3379 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3380 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3382 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3383 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3384 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3386 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3389 /* General Dynamic. */
3390 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3394 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3395 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3396 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3397 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3400 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3401 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3402 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3403 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3405 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3406 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3410 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3411 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3412 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3413 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3418 /* Initial Exec model. */
3422 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3423 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3425 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3426 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3428 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3429 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3430 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3431 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3434 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3435 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3439 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3440 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3441 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3442 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3443 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3445 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3446 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3447 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3449 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3450 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3451 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3452 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3459 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3462 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3463 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3464 will be negative. */
3467 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3470 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3471 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3473 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3474 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3476 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3477 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3479 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3480 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3481 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3482 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3483 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3485 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3486 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3487 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3488 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3490 return got_address
- got_value
;
3493 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3494 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3495 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3496 offset can be found. */
3499 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3500 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3501 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3503 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3504 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3506 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3507 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3509 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3510 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3514 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3515 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3516 return entry
->gotidx
;
3519 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3522 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3523 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3525 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3526 long global_got_dynindx
;
3527 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3530 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3531 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3533 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3534 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3535 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3537 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3538 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3539 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3541 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3542 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3543 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3544 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3545 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3550 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3551 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3554 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3555 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3557 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3558 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3559 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3562 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3563 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3565 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3568 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3569 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3570 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3574 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3575 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3578 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3579 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3581 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3583 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3585 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3586 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3587 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3588 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3589 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3590 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3592 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3597 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3598 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3599 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3600 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3601 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3604 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3605 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3607 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3608 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3610 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3611 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3612 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3617 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3620 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3625 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3626 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3627 symbol that binds locally. */
3630 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3631 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3633 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3635 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3636 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3637 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3638 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3640 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3642 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3643 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3644 same in all cases. */
3645 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3646 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3648 return entry
->gotidx
;
3653 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3657 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3658 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3660 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3664 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3665 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3668 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3669 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3671 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3674 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3675 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3676 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3679 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3680 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3681 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3682 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3683 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3686 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3688 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3692 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3693 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3695 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3698 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3699 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3702 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3704 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3706 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3707 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3710 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3713 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3717 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3718 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3726 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3729 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3730 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3737 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3738 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3742 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3746 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3748 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3749 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3750 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3751 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3755 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3759 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3760 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3761 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3762 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3763 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3765 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3770 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3772 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3773 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3775 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3778 bfd_vma got_address
;
3780 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3781 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3782 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3785 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3786 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3787 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3788 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3789 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3795 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3796 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3797 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3798 the current linking stage. */
3800 static bfd_size_type
3801 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3803 bfd_size_type count
;
3806 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3807 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3810 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3812 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3813 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3814 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3815 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3816 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3822 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3823 appear towards the end. */
3826 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3828 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3829 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3830 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3832 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3835 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3836 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3843 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3844 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3845 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3846 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3847 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3848 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3849 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3852 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3853 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3854 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3855 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3856 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3857 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3858 == g
->global_gotno
);
3860 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3861 table index in the GOT. */
3862 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3867 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3868 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3872 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3874 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3876 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3878 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3881 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3884 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3888 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3889 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3892 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3893 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3894 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3895 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3902 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3903 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3904 hash table directly). */
3907 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3908 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3910 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3911 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3912 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3913 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3915 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3916 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3918 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3922 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3923 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3926 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3930 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3931 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3936 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3937 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3941 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3950 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3951 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3952 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3955 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3956 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3957 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3959 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3960 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3961 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3962 unsigned char tls_type
;
3964 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3965 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3967 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3969 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3971 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3973 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3975 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3979 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3982 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3986 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3987 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3988 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3992 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3993 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3994 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3997 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3998 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4001 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4002 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4004 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4005 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4006 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4008 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4009 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4012 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4015 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4016 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4017 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4018 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4021 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4022 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4026 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4027 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4028 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4030 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4031 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4032 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4033 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4035 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4036 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4038 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4039 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4044 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4048 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4049 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4051 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4052 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4056 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4059 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4067 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4068 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4072 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4082 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4085 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4089 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4091 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4092 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4094 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4095 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4097 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4098 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4103 /* Make room for a null element. */
4104 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4107 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4111 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4112 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4113 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4114 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4117 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4119 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4120 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4122 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4123 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4124 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4126 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4129 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4130 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4136 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4140 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4141 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4142 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4143 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4146 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4148 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4149 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4152 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4153 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4154 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4155 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4156 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4157 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4159 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4166 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4167 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4169 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4170 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4173 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4181 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4183 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4192 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4197 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4200 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4202 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4205 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4208 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4209 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4211 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4212 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4213 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4214 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4217 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4219 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4223 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4224 seen the section. */
4225 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4228 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4236 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4238 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4239 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4240 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4242 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4243 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4244 a new singleton range. */
4246 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4248 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4252 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4253 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4254 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4262 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4263 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4265 /* Update the ranges. */
4266 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4267 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4268 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4270 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4272 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4273 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4274 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4277 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4280 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4281 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4282 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4284 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4285 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4291 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4292 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4293 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4294 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4297 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4299 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4300 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4301 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4305 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4306 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4307 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4309 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4311 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4313 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4315 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4318 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4320 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4321 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4322 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4325 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4326 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4330 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4332 /* Read in the symbol. */
4333 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4341 /* Get the associated input section. */
4342 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4349 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4350 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4351 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4352 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4353 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4357 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4358 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4359 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4360 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4362 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4363 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4366 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4368 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4376 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4377 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4378 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4379 that they require. */
4382 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4383 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4385 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4386 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4393 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4397 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4398 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4399 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4400 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4403 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4407 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4410 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4411 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4412 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4417 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4422 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4426 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4427 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4429 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4430 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4431 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4432 symbols later if appropriate. */
4433 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4436 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4437 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4438 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4439 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4440 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4443 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4444 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4445 the local rather than global GOT. */
4446 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4452 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4453 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4454 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4455 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4456 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4459 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4461 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4462 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4463 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4465 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4466 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4468 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4470 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4471 local or global GOT. */
4472 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4473 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4474 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4475 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4476 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4477 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4478 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4479 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4480 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4481 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4482 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4483 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4484 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4486 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4493 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4494 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4497 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4499 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4500 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4503 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4504 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4505 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4514 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4519 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4520 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4523 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4525 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4526 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4529 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4530 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4531 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4540 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4545 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4546 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4547 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4548 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4552 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4553 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4554 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4556 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4557 unsigned int estimate
;
4559 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4560 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4561 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4562 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4564 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4566 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4567 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4569 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4570 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4571 conservatively as well. */
4572 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4573 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4575 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4577 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4578 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4581 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4582 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4584 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4588 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4592 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4596 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4597 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4598 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4599 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4600 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4601 and then make make the new got current. */
4604 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4605 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4607 unsigned int estimate
;
4610 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4613 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4614 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4615 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4616 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4617 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4619 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4620 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4621 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4622 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4623 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4625 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4627 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4628 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4635 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4636 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4641 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4644 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4649 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4650 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4651 overflows anyway. */
4652 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4658 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4659 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4660 an index in a different GOT. */
4663 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4665 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4667 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4668 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4670 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4672 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4676 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4677 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4680 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4684 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4685 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4686 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4689 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4691 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4692 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4694 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4695 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4696 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4699 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4700 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4706 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4707 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4711 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4712 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4713 symbol to DATA->value. */
4716 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4718 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4719 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4721 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4722 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4723 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4724 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4725 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4726 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4730 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4731 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4732 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4733 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4736 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4738 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4739 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4741 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4742 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4743 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4744 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4745 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4747 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4752 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4754 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4755 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4756 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4757 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4758 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4764 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4765 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4766 lazy-binding stubs. */
4769 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4771 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4772 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4773 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4775 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4776 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4777 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4778 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4780 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4781 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4782 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4784 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4785 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4791 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4794 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4799 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4803 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4807 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4808 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4811 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4812 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4815 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4816 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4818 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4819 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4820 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4821 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4822 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4825 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4826 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4827 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4831 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4832 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4833 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4834 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4835 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4836 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4837 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4838 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4839 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4840 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4842 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4844 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4845 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4846 to be the primary GOT. */
4847 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4849 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4850 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4854 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4855 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4856 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4858 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4859 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4861 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4865 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4866 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4867 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4868 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4870 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4872 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4873 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4874 those that are actually referenced. */
4875 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4876 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4879 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4880 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4881 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4882 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4884 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4885 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4886 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4887 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4888 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4889 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4890 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4891 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4892 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4893 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4894 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4895 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4896 points back to the master GOT. */
4897 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4898 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4905 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4907 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4908 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4909 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4910 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4911 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4912 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4914 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4915 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4916 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4921 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4922 all non-TLS entries. */
4923 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4925 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4926 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4929 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4931 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4934 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4935 lazy-binding stubs. */
4937 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4941 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4944 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4946 unsigned int save_assign
;
4948 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4949 relocations they need. */
4950 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4951 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4953 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4955 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4958 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4959 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4961 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4963 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4964 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4965 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4966 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4967 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4969 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4971 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4974 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4981 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4982 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4984 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4985 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4986 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4987 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4989 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4991 while (relocation
< relend
)
4993 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4994 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
5000 /* We didn't find it. */
5004 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5007 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5008 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5009 asection
**local_sections
)
5011 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5012 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5015 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5016 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5017 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5019 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5021 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5027 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5030 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5032 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5033 /* VALUE is negative. */
5034 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5039 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5040 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5044 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5046 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5048 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5049 /* The value is too big. */
5051 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5052 /* The value is too small. */
5059 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5062 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5064 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5067 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5070 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5073 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5080 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5083 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5086 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5093 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5096 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5097 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5100 register asection
*s
;
5102 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5104 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5107 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5109 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5110 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5113 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5119 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5122 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5125 register asection
*s
;
5126 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5127 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5128 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5130 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5131 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5133 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5137 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5138 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5140 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5141 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5142 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5144 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5148 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5149 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5150 are not creating a global offset table. */
5152 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5153 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5154 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5157 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5160 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5161 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5162 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5164 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5165 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5168 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5169 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5170 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5172 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5173 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5174 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5177 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5185 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5186 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5187 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5190 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5192 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5193 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5194 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5195 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5198 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5199 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5200 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5204 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5205 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5207 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5208 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5209 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5210 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5211 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5212 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5219 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5220 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5221 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5222 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5223 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5224 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5225 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5229 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5236 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5237 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5238 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5240 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5241 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5242 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5244 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5245 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5246 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5247 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5249 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5250 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5251 asection
*input_section
,
5252 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5253 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5254 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5255 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5256 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5258 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5259 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5261 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5263 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5266 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5267 shared object file being produced. */
5269 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5272 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5274 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5275 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5276 during execution. */
5277 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5278 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5280 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5281 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5282 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5284 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5285 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5287 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5288 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5289 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5290 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5291 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5292 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5293 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5295 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5297 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5298 relocation value. */
5299 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5300 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5301 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5302 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5303 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5306 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5307 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5308 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5310 /* Parse the relocation. */
5311 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5312 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5313 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5314 + input_section
->output_offset
5315 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5317 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5318 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5320 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5321 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5322 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5323 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5325 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5326 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5327 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5330 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5331 must come before globals. */
5335 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5338 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5339 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5341 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5342 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5344 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5346 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5347 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5348 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5349 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5351 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5353 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5356 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5357 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5360 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5361 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5362 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5364 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5365 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5367 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5368 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5369 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5371 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5372 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5374 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5375 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5376 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5378 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5379 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5381 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5384 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5385 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5390 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5392 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5393 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5394 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5395 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5396 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5397 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5398 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5400 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5401 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5403 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5404 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5405 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5406 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5408 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5409 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5410 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5411 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5415 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5416 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5417 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5418 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5421 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5422 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5423 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5425 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5426 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5427 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5429 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5430 if (sec
->output_section
)
5431 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5432 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5433 + sec
->output_offset
);
5435 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5437 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5438 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5439 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5440 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5443 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5444 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5446 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5447 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5449 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5450 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5451 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5452 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5453 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5455 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5456 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5459 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5461 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5462 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5463 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5464 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5465 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5466 which is available from here:
5467 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5472 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5473 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5474 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5475 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5476 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
));
5477 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5480 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5481 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5484 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5485 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5487 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5489 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5490 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5492 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5493 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5494 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5496 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5497 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5499 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5500 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5501 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5503 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5504 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5508 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5513 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5516 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5517 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5518 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5519 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5528 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5529 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5530 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5532 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5533 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5534 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5535 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5536 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5537 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5539 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5540 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5541 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5544 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5547 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5548 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5550 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5555 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5557 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5559 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5566 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5569 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5572 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5573 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5575 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5577 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5578 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5579 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5580 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5581 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5582 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5583 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5584 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5585 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5586 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5588 else if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5589 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5592 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5593 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5595 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5598 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5599 + sec
->output_offset
5600 + htab
->plt_header_size
5601 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5602 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5605 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5606 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5609 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5610 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5611 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5613 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5614 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5615 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5618 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5619 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5620 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5621 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5622 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5624 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5625 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5626 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5627 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5628 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5629 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5630 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5631 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5632 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5633 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5635 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5637 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5638 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5640 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5645 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5646 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5647 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5648 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5650 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5651 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5655 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5656 to need it, get it now. */
5659 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5660 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5663 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5664 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5665 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5666 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5667 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5668 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5669 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5670 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5671 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5672 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5673 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5674 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5676 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5677 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5678 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5679 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5680 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5681 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5682 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5683 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5684 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5685 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5687 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5688 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5690 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5694 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5695 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5696 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5697 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5698 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5699 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5701 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5702 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5703 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5707 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5708 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5710 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5711 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5712 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5713 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5716 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5717 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5718 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5722 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5723 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5725 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5728 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5729 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5733 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5734 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5735 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5737 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5741 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5742 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5744 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5745 + input_section
->output_offset
5746 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5747 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5748 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5749 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5751 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5752 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5754 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5755 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5758 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5761 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5765 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5768 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5769 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5770 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5771 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5777 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5778 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5780 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5781 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5782 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5783 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5785 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5786 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5787 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5789 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5790 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5791 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5792 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5793 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5794 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5796 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5804 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5808 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5809 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5813 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5817 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5818 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5822 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5823 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5824 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5825 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5826 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5828 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5832 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5833 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5835 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
5836 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5841 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
5842 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
5844 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5845 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
5846 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
5847 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
5848 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5851 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5852 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5853 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5857 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5858 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5859 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5860 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5864 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5865 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5866 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5867 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5868 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5869 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5872 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5873 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5874 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5875 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5879 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5880 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5881 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5882 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5883 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5884 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5889 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5892 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5893 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5897 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5898 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5899 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5903 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5904 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5905 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5906 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5907 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5908 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5909 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5910 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5911 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5912 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5913 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5915 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5916 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5922 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5923 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5925 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5928 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5929 for this conditional. */
5930 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5931 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5932 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5933 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5934 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5936 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5937 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5938 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5939 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5940 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5943 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5944 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5947 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5948 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5949 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5950 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5951 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5952 not check for overflow here. */
5956 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5957 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5958 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5959 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5960 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5965 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5966 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5967 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5968 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5969 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5970 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5971 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5972 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5973 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5974 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5975 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5976 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5977 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5978 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5979 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5980 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5981 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5982 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5986 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5987 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5990 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5991 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5994 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5995 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5996 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5997 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5998 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6000 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6001 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6002 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6003 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6005 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6006 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6013 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6014 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6015 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6016 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6017 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6018 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6019 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6020 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6021 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6022 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6024 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6027 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6028 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6030 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6034 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6035 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6036 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6038 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6039 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6040 will never trigger for them. */
6041 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6042 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6043 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6044 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6046 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6047 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6048 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6049 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6050 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6053 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6054 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6055 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6057 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6058 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6059 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6060 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6061 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6063 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6064 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6065 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6066 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6067 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6070 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6071 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6072 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6074 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6075 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6077 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6078 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6079 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6080 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6081 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6084 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6085 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6086 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6088 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6089 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6091 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6092 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6093 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6094 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6095 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6098 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6099 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6100 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6102 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6103 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6105 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6106 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6107 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6108 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6109 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6112 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6113 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6114 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6116 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6117 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6119 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6120 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6121 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6122 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6123 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6127 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6128 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6129 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6130 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6134 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6135 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6136 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6137 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6140 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6141 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6142 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6144 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6145 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6146 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6147 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6148 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6150 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6151 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6152 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6153 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6154 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6157 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6158 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6159 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6161 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6162 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6163 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6164 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6165 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6167 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6168 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6169 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6170 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6171 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6174 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6175 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6176 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6178 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6179 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6180 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6181 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6182 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6184 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6185 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6186 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6187 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6188 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6191 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6192 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6193 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6194 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6195 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6196 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6197 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6198 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6201 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6202 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6203 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6204 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6205 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6206 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6207 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6209 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6210 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6213 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6214 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6215 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6216 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6217 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6220 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6221 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6222 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6223 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6224 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6225 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6226 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6229 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6230 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6232 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6235 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6239 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6240 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6241 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6245 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6246 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6247 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6250 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6251 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6252 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6253 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6256 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6257 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6258 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6259 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6263 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6264 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6265 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6266 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6267 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6268 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6269 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6273 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6274 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6275 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6276 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6279 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6280 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6283 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6285 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6288 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6291 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6292 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6293 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6296 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6297 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6299 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6301 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6306 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6307 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6308 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6310 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6311 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6313 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6316 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6317 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6318 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6319 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6320 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6321 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6325 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6328 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6329 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6331 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6333 /* Obtain the current value. */
6334 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6336 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6337 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6339 /* Set the field. */
6340 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6342 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6343 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6345 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6347 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6348 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6351 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6352 (_("%X%H: Unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6353 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6357 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6360 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6361 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6363 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6364 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6366 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6369 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6371 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6376 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6380 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6381 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6384 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6385 (_("%X%H: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6386 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6387 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6391 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6392 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6394 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6396 bfd_boolean ok
= FALSE
;
6397 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6398 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6402 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6404 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6408 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6410 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6415 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) || !ok
)
6417 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6418 (_("%X%H: Unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6419 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6423 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6424 + input_section
->output_offset
6425 + relocation
->r_offset
6427 dest
= addr
+ (((value
& 0x3ffff) ^ 0x20000) - 0x20000);
6429 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6431 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6432 (_("%X%H: Cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6433 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6434 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6438 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6439 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6442 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6444 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6445 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6446 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6447 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6448 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6449 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6450 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6451 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6452 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6453 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6454 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6460 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6461 + input_section
->output_offset
6462 + relocation
->r_offset
6464 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6465 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6469 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6471 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6472 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6474 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6478 /* Put the value into the output. */
6479 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6481 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6483 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6489 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6490 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6491 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6492 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6495 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6496 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6497 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6498 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6499 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6500 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6502 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6507 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6508 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6510 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6511 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6513 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6514 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6515 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6516 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6517 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6518 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6521 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6522 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6523 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6525 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6526 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6527 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6528 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6531 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6532 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6535 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6537 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6538 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6539 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6544 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6545 in the relocation. */
6546 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6548 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6549 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6550 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6551 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6553 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6554 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6555 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6556 undefined symbols. */
6561 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6563 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6565 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6570 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6573 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6574 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6580 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6581 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6582 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6583 local symbols because we used to generate them
6584 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6585 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6586 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6587 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6588 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6589 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6591 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6592 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6593 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6594 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6595 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6600 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6601 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6602 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6603 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6604 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6607 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6608 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6609 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6611 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6612 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6613 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6616 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6617 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6618 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6619 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6620 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6621 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6622 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6623 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6624 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6625 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6626 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6627 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6628 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6629 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6632 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6634 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6635 correct location in the output file. */
6636 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6637 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6638 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6639 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6640 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6641 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6643 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6644 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6645 relocation format is non-standard. */
6646 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6648 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6649 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6651 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6653 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6655 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6656 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6657 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6658 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6660 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6663 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6664 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6665 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6667 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6668 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6670 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6671 will be writing to it. */
6672 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6675 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6676 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6678 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6683 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6685 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6686 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6687 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6688 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6689 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6690 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6692 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6693 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6694 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6696 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6697 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6698 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6699 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6700 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6701 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6702 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6706 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6707 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6709 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6710 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6715 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6718 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6720 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6722 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6723 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6725 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6726 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6728 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6729 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6731 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6732 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6734 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6735 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6737 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6738 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6740 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6741 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6743 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6744 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6746 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6747 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6749 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6750 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6752 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6753 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6755 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6756 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6758 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6759 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6761 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6762 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6764 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6765 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6767 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6768 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6770 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6771 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6773 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6774 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6777 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6781 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6784 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6787 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6790 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6793 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6795 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6796 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6798 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6799 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6801 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6802 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6804 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6805 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6807 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6808 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6810 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6811 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6818 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6820 static INLINE
char *
6821 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6825 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6826 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6829 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6831 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6835 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6837 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6839 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6841 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6844 return "unknown abi";
6848 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6849 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6850 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6851 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6852 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6853 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6854 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6855 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6857 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6858 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6859 definition in a shared library. */
6860 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6861 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6862 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6864 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6867 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6869 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6871 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6872 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6873 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6875 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6876 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6877 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6878 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6879 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6880 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6881 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6883 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6884 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6885 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6886 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6887 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6888 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6889 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6890 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6891 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6892 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6894 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6898 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6899 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6900 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6901 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6902 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6905 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6906 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6908 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6909 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6910 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6911 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6912 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6913 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6914 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6915 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6916 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6917 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6919 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6920 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6923 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6924 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6929 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6931 if (section
!= NULL
)
6933 asym
->section
= section
;
6934 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6935 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6936 base address to make it an offset. */
6937 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6944 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6946 if (section
!= NULL
)
6948 asym
->section
= section
;
6949 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6950 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6951 base address to make it an offset. */
6952 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6958 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6959 or microMIPS one. */
6960 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6961 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6964 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6965 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6966 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6968 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6969 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6973 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6974 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6976 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6977 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6978 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6979 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6980 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6982 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6983 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6984 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6985 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6987 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6988 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6989 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6990 We therefore take the following approach:
6992 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6993 determine the pointer size.
6995 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6996 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7000 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7001 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7002 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7003 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7004 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7006 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7007 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7011 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
7013 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7015 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7017 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
7019 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7020 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7021 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7028 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7029 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7030 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7039 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7040 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7041 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7043 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7044 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7047 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7048 will jump there rather than to .text.
7050 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7051 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7054 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7056 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7059 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7060 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7061 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7065 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7067 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7068 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7072 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7073 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7076 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7079 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7080 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7084 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7085 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7086 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7087 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7089 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7091 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7092 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7093 so that we don't have to read them again.
7094 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7095 through the section contents to see if there is an
7096 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7098 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7100 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7101 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7103 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7105 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7107 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7109 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7110 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7111 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7114 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7121 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7122 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7125 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7126 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7129 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7136 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7137 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7141 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7148 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7150 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
7152 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7153 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7154 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7155 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7156 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7157 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7158 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7159 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7160 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7161 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7162 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7163 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7164 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7165 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7167 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7169 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7171 unsigned int adjust
;
7173 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7175 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7183 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7184 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7185 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7187 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7191 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7192 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7198 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7199 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7200 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7201 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7202 probably get away with this. */
7203 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7205 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7206 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7210 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7213 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7214 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7217 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7218 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7221 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7222 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7225 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7226 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7228 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7230 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7231 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7232 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7234 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7236 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7237 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7240 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7241 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7244 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7245 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7248 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7249 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7251 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7253 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7254 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7255 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7258 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7259 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7262 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7263 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7264 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7271 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7276 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7277 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7283 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7285 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7287 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7288 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7290 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7291 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7292 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7294 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7297 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7299 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7300 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7301 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7302 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7303 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7305 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7308 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7309 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7311 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7312 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7315 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7316 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7317 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7318 they should agree. */
7319 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7321 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7323 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7324 if (contents
== NULL
)
7326 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7333 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7334 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7336 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7338 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7340 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7342 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7343 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7344 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7347 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7349 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7351 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7353 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7354 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7356 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7358 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7360 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7362 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7364 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7365 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7367 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7377 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7378 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7379 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7382 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7384 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7386 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7388 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7389 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7390 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7392 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7393 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7394 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7396 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7397 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7398 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7400 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7401 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7402 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7404 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7405 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7406 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7407 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7408 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7410 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7412 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7414 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7415 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7416 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7417 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7419 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7420 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7422 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7425 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7427 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7428 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7429 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7430 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7432 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7433 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7435 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7436 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7439 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7440 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7441 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7442 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7443 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7444 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7445 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7446 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7448 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7449 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7451 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7453 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7454 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7455 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7457 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7459 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7460 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7461 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7463 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7465 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7466 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7468 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7469 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7471 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7473 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7474 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7475 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7476 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7477 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7479 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7481 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7482 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7483 final_write_processing. */
7485 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7486 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7488 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7489 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7490 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7492 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7494 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7495 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7496 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7499 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7500 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7501 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7502 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7503 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7508 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7509 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7510 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7511 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7512 the .scommon section. */
7515 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7516 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7518 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7520 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7523 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7525 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7531 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7532 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7535 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7536 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7537 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7538 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7540 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7541 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7542 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7544 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7549 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7550 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7551 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7552 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7553 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7554 is not done for them. */
7556 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7557 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7563 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7566 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7567 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7568 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7569 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7570 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7573 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7574 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7575 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7576 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7580 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7581 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7583 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7584 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7585 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7587 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7588 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7591 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7592 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7593 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7596 /* Initialize the section. */
7598 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7599 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7601 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7602 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7604 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7605 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7606 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7607 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7608 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7609 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7610 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7612 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7613 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7614 so I took it out. */
7615 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7618 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7619 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7621 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7622 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7624 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7625 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7626 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7628 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7629 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7632 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7633 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7634 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7637 /* Initialize the section. */
7639 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7640 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7642 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7643 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7645 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7646 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7647 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7648 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7649 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7650 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7651 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7653 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7654 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7655 so I took it out. */
7656 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7659 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7660 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7664 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7665 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7666 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7667 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7669 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7670 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7672 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7674 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7675 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7676 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7679 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7682 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7684 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7687 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7688 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7691 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7692 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7693 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7694 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7700 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7701 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7702 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7705 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7706 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7707 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7708 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7710 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7711 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7712 common in the output file. */
7713 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7714 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7715 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7717 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7718 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7723 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7725 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7728 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7730 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7731 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7733 register asection
*s
;
7734 const char * const *namep
;
7735 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7737 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7738 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7740 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7741 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7743 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7745 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7747 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7750 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7755 /* We need to create .got section. */
7756 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7759 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7762 /* Create .stub section. */
7763 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7764 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7767 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7768 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7772 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7773 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7774 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7776 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7777 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7779 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7780 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7784 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7785 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7786 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7787 the linker takes such action. */
7788 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7790 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7793 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7794 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7795 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7798 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7801 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7803 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7807 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7808 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7810 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7814 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7815 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7817 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7819 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7821 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7823 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7825 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7828 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7830 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7832 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7834 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7837 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7841 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7843 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7844 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7845 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7848 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7851 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7853 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7856 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7858 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7859 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7860 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7861 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7862 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7863 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7865 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7867 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7868 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7869 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7872 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7875 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7877 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7879 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7883 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7884 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7885 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7888 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7889 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7890 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7891 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7893 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7894 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7897 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7899 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
7904 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7905 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7906 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7912 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7913 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7914 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7917 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7918 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7919 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7921 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7922 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7924 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7925 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7926 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7927 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7929 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7930 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7931 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7934 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7935 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7936 of the section that REL is against. */
7939 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7940 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7943 unsigned int r_type
;
7947 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7948 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7950 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7951 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7952 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7953 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7955 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
7957 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7959 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
7965 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7966 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7967 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7968 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7969 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7972 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7973 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7974 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7975 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7977 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7978 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7979 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7982 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7983 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7984 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7985 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7986 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7987 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
7988 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
7990 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7992 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7993 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7994 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7997 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7999 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8000 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8001 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8002 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8003 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8004 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8006 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8007 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8008 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8009 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8010 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8013 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8014 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
8015 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8017 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8018 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8025 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8026 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8027 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8030 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8035 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8036 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8038 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8042 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8045 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8047 static struct plt_entry
*
8048 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8050 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8052 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8056 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8057 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8058 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8059 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8063 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8064 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8065 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8068 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8069 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8073 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8074 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8076 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8077 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8079 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8080 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8083 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8085 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8088 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8089 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8091 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8092 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8093 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8094 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8096 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8097 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8099 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8101 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
8102 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8104 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8106 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8109 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8112 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8113 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8114 " stub section `%s'"),
8116 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8120 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8121 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8125 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8126 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8127 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8128 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8130 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8131 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8133 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8134 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8135 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8136 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8140 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8142 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8145 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8146 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8147 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8148 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8151 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8160 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8161 not need it. Since this function is called before
8162 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8163 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8165 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8169 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8171 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8173 unsigned long symcount
;
8177 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8178 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8180 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8181 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8182 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8185 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8188 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8189 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8191 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8192 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8193 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8194 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8198 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8200 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8201 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8203 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8204 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8205 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8207 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8209 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8210 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8211 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8212 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8213 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8214 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8216 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8220 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8222 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8225 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8227 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8228 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8231 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8234 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8237 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8238 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8239 " stub section `%s'"),
8241 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8245 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8246 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8250 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8251 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8252 that refers to this symbol. */
8253 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8255 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8256 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8258 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8259 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8260 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8261 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8265 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8267 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8270 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8271 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8272 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8273 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8276 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8285 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8286 not need it. Since this function is called before
8287 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8288 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8290 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8294 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8296 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8298 unsigned long symcount
;
8302 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8303 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8305 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8306 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8307 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8310 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8313 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8314 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8316 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8317 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8318 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8319 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8323 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8324 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8326 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8328 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8329 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8331 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8333 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8334 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8335 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8336 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8337 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8340 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8344 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8346 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8352 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8354 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8355 unsigned int r_type
;
8356 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8357 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8358 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8359 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8361 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8362 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8364 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8366 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8368 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8369 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8371 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8376 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8379 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8380 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8381 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8383 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8385 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
8389 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8390 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8391 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8393 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8394 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8395 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8397 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8398 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8399 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8400 .debug* should have no effect. */
8401 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8406 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8407 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8408 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8409 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8410 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8411 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8412 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8416 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8417 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8418 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8419 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8420 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8421 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8423 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8424 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8425 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8426 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8427 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8428 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8429 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8430 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8431 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8432 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8433 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8434 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8435 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8436 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8438 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8439 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8441 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8443 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8444 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8445 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8446 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8449 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8454 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8455 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8456 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8457 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8460 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8461 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8462 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8463 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8464 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8465 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8466 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8467 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8468 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8469 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8475 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8476 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8477 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8479 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8480 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8481 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8482 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8483 against a read-only section. */
8484 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8486 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8487 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8488 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8489 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8490 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8491 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8493 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8495 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8501 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8502 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8504 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8505 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8506 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8507 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8508 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8509 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8510 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8516 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8518 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8519 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8522 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8524 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8525 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8526 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8527 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8528 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8529 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8532 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8533 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8534 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8535 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8539 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8543 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8544 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8545 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8546 relocations against the text segment. */
8547 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8550 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8551 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8552 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8553 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8555 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8556 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8557 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8558 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8559 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8560 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8561 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8562 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8563 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8564 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8569 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8570 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8571 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8576 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8577 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8580 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8581 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8582 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8583 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8588 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8589 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8590 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8591 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8594 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8595 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8596 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8597 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8601 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8602 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8603 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8609 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8610 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8611 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8613 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8614 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8615 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8616 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8617 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8618 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8620 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8621 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8622 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8624 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8626 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8628 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8629 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8631 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8632 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8635 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8638 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8639 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8645 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8646 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8648 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8649 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8650 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8651 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8655 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8656 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8659 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8660 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8661 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8666 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8667 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8668 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8669 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8670 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8673 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8674 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8675 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8676 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8678 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8684 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8685 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8686 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8687 for TLS GD relocations. */
8690 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8696 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8706 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8707 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8708 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8709 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8713 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8717 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
8719 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8720 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8721 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8722 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8723 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8724 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8725 relocations against the text segment. */
8726 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8730 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8732 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8733 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8734 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8735 it will be left as zero.
8737 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8738 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8740 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8741 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8743 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8744 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8745 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8746 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8747 are relocations against the text segment. */
8748 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8752 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8753 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8754 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8758 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8759 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8760 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8761 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8762 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8763 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8764 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8765 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8766 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8767 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8770 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8771 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8772 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8773 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8777 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8778 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8779 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8780 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8782 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8790 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8791 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8792 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8793 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8794 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8795 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8798 && jal_reloc_p (r_type
)
8799 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8801 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8802 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8803 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8806 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
8807 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8809 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8812 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8813 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8814 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8815 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8817 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8818 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8820 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8822 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8823 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8826 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8827 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8828 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8829 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8830 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8831 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8838 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8839 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8840 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8841 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8842 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8843 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8844 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8847 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8848 and has a special meaning. */
8849 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8850 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8853 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8854 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8861 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8862 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8863 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8864 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8866 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8867 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8879 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8880 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8883 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8884 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8885 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8886 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8888 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8889 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8890 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8892 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8895 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
))
8898 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8899 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8900 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8903 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8904 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8905 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8906 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8908 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8911 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8912 unsigned int r_type
;
8913 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8915 unsigned long instruction
;
8917 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8918 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8919 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8920 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8921 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8924 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8925 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8926 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8928 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8929 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8930 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8932 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8933 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8934 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8936 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8938 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8939 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8940 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8941 || (bfd_link_pic (link_info
) && ! link_info
->symbolic
8942 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8945 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8946 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8947 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8948 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8949 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8951 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8955 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8957 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8958 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8960 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8961 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8962 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8963 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8965 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8969 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8970 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8972 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8973 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8974 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8975 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8978 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8979 symval
= isym
->st_value
8980 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8981 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8984 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8986 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8987 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8989 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8990 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8995 /* Check that it's in range. */
8996 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8999 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
9000 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
9003 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
9005 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
9006 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
9007 instruction
= 0x04110000;
9008 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
9009 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
9010 instruction
= 0x10000000;
9014 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
9015 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
9016 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
9019 if (contents
!= NULL
9020 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
9022 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
9026 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
9027 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9033 if (contents
!= NULL
9034 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
9039 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9042 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9044 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
9046 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9047 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9049 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9050 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9052 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9053 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9055 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
9056 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
9057 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9060 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
9061 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
9062 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9065 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
9066 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
9067 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
9068 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9069 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
9070 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
9071 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9072 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9074 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
9076 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9078 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
9079 non-default visibility. */
9080 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9083 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
9085 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
9087 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
9094 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
9095 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
9096 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
9097 relocations against it.
9099 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
9100 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
9102 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9104 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
9105 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
9106 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
9109 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
9110 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
9111 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9112 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
9113 against the text segment. */
9114 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9121 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9122 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9123 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9124 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9128 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9129 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9132 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9133 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9135 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9136 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9138 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9139 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9141 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9142 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
9144 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
9147 && !h
->def_regular
)));
9149 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9151 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9152 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9153 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9154 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9155 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9157 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9158 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9159 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9161 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9164 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9165 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9166 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9167 executable and the shared library. */
9168 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9170 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9171 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9175 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9176 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9178 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9179 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9180 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9181 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9182 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9183 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9184 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9185 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9186 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9187 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9188 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9189 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9190 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9192 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9193 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9195 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9196 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9197 for PLT offset calculations. */
9198 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9200 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9201 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9203 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9204 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9205 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9206 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9207 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9208 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
9211 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9212 for the same reason as above. */
9213 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
9214 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9217 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9219 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9221 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9222 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9224 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9225 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9226 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9227 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9229 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9230 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9231 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9232 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9233 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9234 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9235 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9237 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9238 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9239 else if (!micromips_p
)
9241 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9242 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9243 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9244 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9246 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9248 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9249 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9250 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9251 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9255 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9256 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9257 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9258 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9262 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9263 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9264 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9267 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9268 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9270 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9271 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9272 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9273 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9278 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9280 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9281 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9284 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9285 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9286 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9287 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9288 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9289 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9290 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9293 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9295 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9298 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9300 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9301 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9303 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9305 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9306 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9309 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9310 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9312 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9313 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9314 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9315 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9317 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9318 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9319 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9320 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9322 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9323 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9324 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9326 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9327 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9328 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9333 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9334 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9335 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9336 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
9338 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9339 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9340 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9341 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9345 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9346 in regular objects. */
9350 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9351 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9352 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9355 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9356 some that we can't convert. */
9357 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9359 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9360 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9361 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9362 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9366 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9367 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9368 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9369 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9370 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9371 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9372 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9373 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9374 same memory location for the variable. */
9376 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9378 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9379 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9381 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9385 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9386 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9387 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9389 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
9392 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9393 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9394 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9397 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9398 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9401 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9402 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9404 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9405 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9407 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9408 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9410 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9412 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9413 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9415 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9418 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9420 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9421 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9428 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9431 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9435 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9436 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9437 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9439 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9440 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9442 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9443 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9449 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9452 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9453 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9454 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9455 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9456 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9458 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9459 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9460 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9462 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9463 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9464 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9466 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9469 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9470 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9472 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9474 asection
*subsection
;
9476 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9478 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9480 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9482 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9483 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9487 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9488 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9489 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9490 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9493 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9494 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9495 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9497 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9499 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9500 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9502 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9503 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9505 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9506 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9507 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9509 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9510 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9512 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9514 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9519 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9520 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9521 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9522 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9523 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9524 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9526 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9527 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9530 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9531 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9534 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9535 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9537 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9538 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9539 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9541 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9543 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9549 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9552 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9554 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9555 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9557 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9558 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9560 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9563 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9564 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9565 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9567 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9568 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9569 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9571 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9572 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9574 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9575 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9576 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9577 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9578 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9579 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9580 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9581 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9582 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9583 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9584 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9585 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9586 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9588 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9589 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9590 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9592 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9595 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9596 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9597 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9600 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9602 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9603 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9604 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9608 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9609 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9610 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9612 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9614 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9615 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9616 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9618 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9619 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9620 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9621 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9626 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9627 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9628 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9629 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9630 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9635 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9636 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9639 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9641 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9642 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9643 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9644 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9645 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9646 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9647 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9650 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9651 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9653 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9656 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9658 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9660 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9663 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9664 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9665 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9667 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9668 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9669 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9672 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9679 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9680 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9681 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9682 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9685 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9687 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9688 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9694 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9695 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9697 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9699 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9700 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9701 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9703 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9704 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9707 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9713 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9714 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9717 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9718 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9720 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9723 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
9724 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9725 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9731 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9734 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9735 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9738 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9739 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9740 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9742 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9743 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9744 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9745 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9747 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9749 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9750 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9752 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9753 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9755 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9757 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9760 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9761 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9762 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9763 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9764 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9765 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9767 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9768 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9770 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9771 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9772 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9774 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9775 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9776 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9777 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9778 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9781 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9782 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9783 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
->size
== 0);
9785 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9786 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9787 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9788 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9789 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9790 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9791 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9792 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9793 else if (!micromips_p
)
9794 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9795 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9796 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9798 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9800 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9801 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9802 htab
->splt
->size
= (size
9803 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9804 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9805 htab
->sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9806 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9808 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9810 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9812 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9813 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9814 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9819 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9820 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9826 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9827 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9829 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9831 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9834 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9836 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9837 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9840 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9844 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9845 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9846 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9848 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9851 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9855 const char *outname
;
9858 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9859 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9860 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9861 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9862 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9864 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9866 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9868 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9869 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9870 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9873 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9874 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9875 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9878 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9879 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9880 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9881 will move them around between input sections'
9882 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9883 broken, so don't let it run. */
9884 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9887 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9888 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9889 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9891 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9892 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9893 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9895 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9896 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9897 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9898 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9900 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9901 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9902 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9903 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9904 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9907 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9909 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9910 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9911 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9913 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9919 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9923 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9926 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9927 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9928 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9930 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9935 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9937 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9938 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9939 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9940 the .dynamic section. */
9942 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9943 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9944 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9945 may only look at the first one they see. */
9946 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
9947 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9950 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9951 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
9954 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9955 used by the debugger. */
9956 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9957 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9958 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9961 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9962 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9964 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9966 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9969 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9970 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9971 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9972 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9973 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9976 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9979 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9980 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9982 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9983 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9984 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9986 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9989 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9992 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9998 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
10000 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
10003 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
10006 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
10010 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
10013 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
10016 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
10019 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
10022 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
10025 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
10028 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
10031 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
10032 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
10035 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
10036 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
10037 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
10038 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
10041 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
10043 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
10046 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
10049 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
10052 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
10055 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10056 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
10063 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
10064 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
10065 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
10066 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
10069 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10070 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10071 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10073 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
10074 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
10077 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10079 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10080 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10081 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
10082 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
10084 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
10085 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
10088 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10089 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
10091 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
10092 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10094 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10095 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
10098 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
10099 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10100 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
10104 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10105 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10106 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10107 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10108 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10109 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10110 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10111 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10112 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10113 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10114 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10116 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10117 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10118 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10121 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10122 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10123 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10124 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10125 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10126 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10127 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10128 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10130 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10131 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10132 unsigned int r_type
;
10135 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10137 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10138 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10140 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10146 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10147 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10148 howto
, i
, contents
);
10153 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10156 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10157 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10158 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10159 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10160 asection
**local_sections
)
10162 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10163 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10164 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10165 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10166 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10168 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10169 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10170 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10174 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10175 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10176 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10178 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10179 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10181 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10183 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10184 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10185 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10187 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10188 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10190 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10191 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10193 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10194 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10195 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10197 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10202 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10205 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10206 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10207 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10208 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10209 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10210 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10213 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10214 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10215 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10218 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10220 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10221 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10222 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10226 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10228 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10229 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10230 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10231 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10232 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10233 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10234 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10236 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10238 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10239 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10242 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10244 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10245 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10246 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10247 RELA relocation. */
10248 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10251 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10252 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10254 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10255 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10256 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10259 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10260 contents
, &addend
))
10263 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10265 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10266 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10268 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10269 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10270 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
10275 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10278 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10279 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10280 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10283 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10285 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10286 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10287 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10289 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10291 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10292 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10293 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10294 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10295 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10296 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10297 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10299 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10301 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10302 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10303 source of the addend in the final link. */
10304 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10306 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10307 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10308 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10309 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10310 but for endianness. */
10316 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10318 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10325 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10326 do two separate stores. */
10327 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10329 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10331 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10332 high_bits
= addend
;
10337 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10339 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10340 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10341 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10342 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10346 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10347 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10352 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10356 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10357 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10358 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10360 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10361 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10362 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10363 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10365 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10367 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10368 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10369 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10370 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10371 local_sections
, &value
,
10372 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10373 use_saved_addend_p
))
10375 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10376 /* There's nothing to do. */
10379 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10380 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10381 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10382 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10383 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10386 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10387 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10388 info
->callbacks
->warning
10389 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10392 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10393 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10394 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10395 a given location. */
10399 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10401 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10402 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10403 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10404 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10405 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10406 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10408 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10409 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10411 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10412 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10414 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10415 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10416 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10423 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10425 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10426 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10427 ? _("Cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10428 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10429 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10430 ? _("Jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10431 : _("Jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10432 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10433 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10434 ? _("Cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10435 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10436 : _("Branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10437 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10438 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10441 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10442 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10445 /* Fall through. */
10452 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10453 until we reach the last one. */
10454 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10460 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10461 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10462 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10463 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10464 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10465 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10466 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10467 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10473 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10475 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10482 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10483 do two separate stores. */
10484 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10486 /* Undo what we did above. */
10487 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10488 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10490 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10496 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10498 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10499 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10500 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10501 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10505 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10506 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10507 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10508 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10515 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10516 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10519 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10521 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10522 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10523 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10526 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10528 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10529 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10530 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10531 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10533 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10534 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10538 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10547 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10548 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10550 /* Work out the target address. */
10551 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10552 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10554 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10555 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10557 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10559 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10560 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10561 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10563 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10565 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10566 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10568 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10569 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10574 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10575 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10580 /* This is trampoline. */
10582 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10584 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10585 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10586 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10587 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10588 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10589 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10590 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10594 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10595 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10596 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10597 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10603 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10604 adjust it appropriately now. */
10607 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10608 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10610 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10611 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10612 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10615 "__dso_displacement",
10617 "__program_header_table",
10621 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10629 const char* const *p
;
10632 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10633 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10636 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10638 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10640 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10641 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10643 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10645 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10647 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10653 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10654 dynamic sections here. */
10657 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10658 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10659 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10660 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10664 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10667 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10668 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10670 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10671 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10672 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10673 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10675 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10677 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10678 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10679 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10681 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10683 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10684 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10688 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10690 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10691 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10692 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10693 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10694 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10696 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10697 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10698 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10699 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10701 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10702 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10703 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10704 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10706 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10707 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10709 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10710 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10711 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10712 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10714 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10716 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10717 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10718 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10720 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10721 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10723 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10725 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10727 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10728 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10730 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10731 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10733 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10735 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10736 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10738 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10739 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10740 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10743 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10745 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10746 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10750 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10751 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10756 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10757 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10759 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10761 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10762 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10764 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10766 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10767 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10769 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10770 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10772 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10774 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10775 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10776 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10777 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10778 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10779 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10780 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10782 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10784 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10786 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10787 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10788 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10789 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10790 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10791 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10792 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10793 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10797 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10798 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10799 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10801 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10803 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10804 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10805 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10807 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10808 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10810 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10811 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10812 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10814 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
10815 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
10816 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10817 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10820 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10821 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10822 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10823 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10824 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10825 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10826 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10830 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10831 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
10832 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10833 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10835 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10836 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10837 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10838 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10839 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10840 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10841 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10849 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10851 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10852 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10853 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10854 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10855 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10856 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10857 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10860 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10861 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10862 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10864 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10866 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10868 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10870 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10872 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10873 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10875 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10878 /* Fill the stub. */
10882 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10887 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10888 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10893 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10896 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10898 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10900 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10901 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10907 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10913 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10917 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10918 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10919 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10920 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10921 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10923 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10924 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10925 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10928 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10929 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10936 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10938 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
10940 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10942 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10946 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10949 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10950 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10951 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10952 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10954 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10955 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10958 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10962 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10963 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10966 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10967 only for the referenced symbol. */
10968 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10970 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10971 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10972 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10973 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10974 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10975 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10977 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10980 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10981 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10983 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10985 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10986 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10987 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10988 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10989 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10992 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10993 || h
->forced_local
);
10996 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10997 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10999 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
11000 the symbols that need them. */
11001 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11006 value
= sym
->st_value
;
11007 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11008 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11011 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
11013 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
11019 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
11022 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
11024 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11027 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
11030 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
11031 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
11032 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11033 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
11035 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
11036 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
11038 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
11039 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
11040 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
11041 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
11042 appropriate addend. */
11043 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11045 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11046 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11047 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
11049 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
11050 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
11053 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11054 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
11055 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
11059 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
11060 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11065 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
11066 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
11067 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
11068 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
11069 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11070 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
11071 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
11073 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11074 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11077 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
11079 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11080 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11081 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
11083 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11085 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
11086 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
11088 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11089 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11091 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11093 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
11095 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11096 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11097 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
11098 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11100 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
11102 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
11103 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
11104 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
11105 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11109 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11115 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11116 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11118 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11119 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11120 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11121 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11122 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11123 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11126 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11127 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11128 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11130 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11131 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11132 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11134 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11135 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11137 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11139 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11140 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11146 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11149 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11150 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11151 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11152 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11156 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11157 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11158 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11160 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11161 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11162 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11163 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11165 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11168 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11169 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11170 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11171 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11172 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11174 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11175 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11177 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11178 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
11179 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11180 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
11182 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11183 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11184 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
11187 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11188 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11189 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
11190 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11192 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11193 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11194 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11196 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11197 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11198 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11200 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11201 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11202 (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
11203 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11205 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11206 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11208 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11210 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11211 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11212 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11216 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11218 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11219 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11220 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11223 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11225 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11227 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11231 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11232 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11234 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11235 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11236 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11237 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11238 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11240 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11241 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11242 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11243 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11244 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11245 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11247 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11248 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11250 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11251 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11254 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11255 loc
= (htab
->srelplt
->contents
11256 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11257 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11258 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11260 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11262 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11263 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11266 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11269 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11270 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11272 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11273 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11276 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11280 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11281 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11282 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11284 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11285 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11286 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11287 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11288 + sgot
->output_offset
11290 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11291 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11292 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11295 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11298 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11300 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11302 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11303 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11304 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11305 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11307 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
11308 htab
->srelbss
->contents
11309 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
11310 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
11311 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
11314 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11315 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11316 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11321 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11324 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11327 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11328 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11329 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11331 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11332 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11334 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11335 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11336 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11337 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11338 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11339 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11340 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11341 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11343 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11345 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11346 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11347 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11348 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11349 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11351 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11352 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11353 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11354 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11356 /* Install the PLT header. */
11357 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11358 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11360 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11361 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11364 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11366 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11367 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
11368 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11370 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11371 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11373 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11374 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11376 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
11377 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
11378 (long) gotpc_offset
);
11379 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11382 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11383 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11384 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11385 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11386 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11388 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11392 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11393 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11394 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11395 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11396 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11397 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11398 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11399 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11403 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11404 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11405 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11406 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11407 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11408 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11409 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11410 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11416 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11417 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11420 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11422 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11424 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11425 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11426 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11428 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11429 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11431 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11433 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11434 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11435 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11436 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11438 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11439 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11441 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11442 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
11444 /* Install the PLT header. */
11445 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11446 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11447 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11448 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11449 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11450 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11451 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11453 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11454 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11455 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11456 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11458 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11459 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11461 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11462 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11463 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11464 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11465 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11466 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11468 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11469 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11470 in which symbols were output. */
11471 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11473 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11475 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11476 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11477 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11478 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11480 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11481 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11482 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11483 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11485 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11486 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11487 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11488 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11492 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11495 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11498 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11500 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11501 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11503 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11504 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11505 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11506 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11509 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11512 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11513 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11518 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11519 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11521 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11522 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11524 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11526 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11529 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11531 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11534 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11536 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11537 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11539 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11540 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11542 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11543 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11544 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11546 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11550 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11552 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11553 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11555 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11561 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11565 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11566 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11570 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11572 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11577 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11580 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11582 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11585 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11586 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11589 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11590 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11593 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11597 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11601 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11603 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11606 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11608 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11611 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11612 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11613 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11614 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11617 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11618 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11621 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11622 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11623 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11624 referenced within the same object. */
11625 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11628 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11629 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11631 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11634 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11635 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11636 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11638 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11640 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11641 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11644 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11646 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11649 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11650 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11653 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11655 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11656 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11659 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11660 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11663 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11665 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11667 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11668 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11672 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11674 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11675 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11676 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11679 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11680 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11683 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11685 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11686 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11687 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11688 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11689 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11690 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11691 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11695 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11696 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11697 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11698 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11702 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11703 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11705 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11709 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11710 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11711 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11713 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11717 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11718 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11722 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11723 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11724 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
11728 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11729 the dynamic tag. */
11730 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11732 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11733 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11738 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11739 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11740 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11741 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11743 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11747 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11748 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11749 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11754 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11755 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11756 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11760 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11765 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11766 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11767 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11770 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11771 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11773 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11775 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11776 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11777 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11778 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11779 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11780 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11781 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11783 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11784 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11785 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11787 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11791 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11792 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11793 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11794 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11795 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11796 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11799 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11800 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11803 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11804 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11806 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11807 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11809 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11810 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11812 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11814 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11815 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11817 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11818 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11819 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11821 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11823 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
11826 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11828 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11829 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11832 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11833 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11834 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11835 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11836 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11837 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11839 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11844 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11845 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11848 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11851 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11853 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11855 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11856 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11857 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11859 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11862 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11863 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11865 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11871 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11872 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11873 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11874 are trailing null entries. */
11875 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11876 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11877 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11878 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11879 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11880 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11881 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11882 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11887 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11892 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11899 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11901 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11903 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11904 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11908 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11910 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11911 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11914 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11915 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11918 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11919 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11921 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11923 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11924 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11925 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11926 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11931 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11932 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11933 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11934 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11935 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11937 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11939 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11941 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11943 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11944 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11945 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11946 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11948 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11949 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11950 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11955 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
11957 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11959 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11960 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11962 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11966 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
11967 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11975 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11978 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11982 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11985 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11986 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11989 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11990 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
11993 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
11994 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
11997 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
11998 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
11999 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
12000 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
12001 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12004 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
12005 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
12008 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
12009 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
12012 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
12013 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
12016 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
12017 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
12020 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
12021 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
12024 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
12025 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
12028 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
12029 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
12032 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
12033 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
12036 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
12037 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
12040 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
12041 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
12042 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
12043 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
12044 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
12045 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
12046 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
12047 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
12050 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
12051 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
12054 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
12055 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
12058 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
12059 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
12062 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
12063 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
12066 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
12067 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
12070 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
12071 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
12072 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
12075 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
12076 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
12079 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
12080 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
12083 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
12084 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
12087 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
12088 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
12091 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
12092 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
12095 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
12096 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
12097 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
12098 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
12101 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
12102 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
12103 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
12104 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12107 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12108 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12111 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12112 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12115 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12116 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12121 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12122 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12123 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12124 relocs to be sorted. */
12127 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12129 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12133 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12134 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12135 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12138 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
12139 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12142 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12146 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12147 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12148 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12149 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12150 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12152 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12153 info for each special section. */
12154 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12155 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12158 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12160 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12161 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12162 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12164 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12167 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12168 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12169 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12170 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12171 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12172 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12173 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12174 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12177 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12178 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12179 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12180 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12181 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12182 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12183 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12184 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12185 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12188 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12189 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12191 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12192 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12194 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12197 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12198 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12199 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12200 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12201 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12202 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12203 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12206 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12207 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12209 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12211 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12212 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12219 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12223 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12224 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12229 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12230 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12231 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12234 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12235 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12238 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12239 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12240 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12241 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12244 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12245 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12246 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12247 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12250 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12251 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12252 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12253 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12259 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12262 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12263 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12266 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12269 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12271 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12272 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12274 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12275 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12280 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12284 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12286 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12288 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12289 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12291 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12292 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12300 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12302 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12303 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12305 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12306 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12311 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12315 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12317 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12319 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12320 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12322 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12323 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12331 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12332 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12333 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12335 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12336 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12337 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12338 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12340 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12342 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12343 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12348 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12350 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12352 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12353 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12356 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12358 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12359 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12360 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12361 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12362 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12363 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12364 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12365 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12366 *pm
= options_segment
;
12372 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12374 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12375 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12376 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12377 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12378 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12380 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12381 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12386 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12390 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12392 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12397 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12402 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12405 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12406 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12407 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12417 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12418 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12420 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12422 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12425 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12426 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12427 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12428 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12429 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12430 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12431 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12432 PT_LOAD segment. */
12433 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12436 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12438 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12440 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12444 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12446 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12448 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12450 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12451 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12458 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12459 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12464 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12465 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12467 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12470 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12471 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12478 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12480 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12482 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12484 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12493 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12494 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12496 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12497 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12498 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12499 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12500 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12502 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12503 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12504 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12505 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12506 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12509 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12510 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12512 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12513 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12515 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12516 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12520 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12524 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12532 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12536 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12537 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12538 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12539 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12540 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12542 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12545 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12547 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12548 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12552 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12555 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12558 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12559 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12560 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12561 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12564 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12565 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12566 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12567 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12568 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12569 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12571 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12574 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12575 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12576 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12578 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12579 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12580 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12582 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12583 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12585 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12586 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12587 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12588 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12589 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12590 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12591 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12592 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12593 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12594 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12595 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12596 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12597 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12598 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12599 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12600 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12601 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12602 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12603 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12604 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12615 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12618 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12619 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12623 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12625 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12629 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12632 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12634 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12635 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12637 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12645 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12646 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12647 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12648 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12651 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12652 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12653 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12655 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12657 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12659 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12660 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12661 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12662 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12663 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12664 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12666 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12669 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12670 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12671 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12672 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12673 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12674 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12676 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12677 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12679 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12681 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12682 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12684 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12686 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12687 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12689 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12691 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12692 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12694 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12695 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12696 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12697 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12698 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12699 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12702 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12705 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12706 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12709 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12710 unsigned char *tdata
;
12713 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12718 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12720 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12721 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12724 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12728 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12729 info
->keep_memory
);
12736 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12737 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12739 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12741 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12750 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12751 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12752 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12753 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12759 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12760 free (cookie
->rels
);
12766 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12768 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12774 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12775 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12776 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12778 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12781 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12784 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12788 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12789 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12791 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12793 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12796 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12799 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12800 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12804 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12805 from output by default for clarity. */
12808 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12810 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12813 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12814 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12816 struct mips_elf_find_line
12818 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12819 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12823 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12824 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12825 const char **filename_ptr
,
12826 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12827 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12828 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12832 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12833 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12834 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12835 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12836 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12837 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12840 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12841 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12845 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12848 flagword origflags
;
12849 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12850 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12851 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12853 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12854 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12855 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12856 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12857 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12858 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12860 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12863 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12866 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12867 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12869 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12872 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12876 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12878 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12882 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12883 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12884 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12885 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12887 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12890 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12891 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12892 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12893 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12894 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12895 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12896 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12898 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12900 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12901 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12902 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12903 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12904 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12905 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12908 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12909 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12912 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12916 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12919 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12921 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12922 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12923 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12927 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12928 const char **filename_ptr
,
12929 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12930 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12933 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12934 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12935 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12940 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12941 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12942 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12945 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12946 const void *location
,
12947 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12949 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12953 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12955 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12956 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12957 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12960 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12963 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12966 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12969 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12972 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12976 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12977 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12980 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12982 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12983 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12985 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12988 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12989 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12990 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12993 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
12994 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
12997 if (reloc_size
< 0)
13000 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
13001 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
13004 /* read in the section */
13005 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
13006 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
13009 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
13013 if (reloc_count
< 0)
13016 if (reloc_count
> 0)
13021 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
13024 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
13025 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
13026 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
13027 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
13028 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
13032 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
13033 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
13040 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
13041 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
13042 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13045 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13046 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13048 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
13050 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
13051 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
13053 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
13055 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
13064 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
13066 char *error_message
= NULL
;
13067 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
13069 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
13070 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
13071 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13073 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
13074 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
13075 to the generic handling. */
13077 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
13078 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
13079 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
13080 input_section
, relocatable
,
13083 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
13085 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
13090 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
13092 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
13093 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
13097 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
13101 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
13102 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
13103 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13104 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
13106 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
13107 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
13108 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
13109 (link_info
, error_message
,
13110 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13112 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
13113 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
13115 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13116 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
13117 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13119 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
13128 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13129 free (reloc_vector
);
13133 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13134 free (reloc_vector
);
13139 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13140 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13142 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13143 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13144 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13145 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13146 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13147 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13148 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13149 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13150 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13151 unsigned int symcount
;
13153 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13154 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13156 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13157 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13159 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13160 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13161 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13162 sec
->size
-= count
;
13164 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13165 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13167 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13168 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13169 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13172 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13173 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13175 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13176 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13177 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13178 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13179 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13180 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13182 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13183 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13184 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13185 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13186 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13188 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13190 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13192 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13193 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13194 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13196 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13198 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13199 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13201 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13209 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13210 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13212 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13213 unsigned long match
;
13214 unsigned long mask
;
13217 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13221 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13223 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13224 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13226 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13228 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13229 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13232 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13234 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13235 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13236 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13237 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13240 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13241 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13243 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13244 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13246 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13247 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13249 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13250 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13252 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13253 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13255 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13256 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13259 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13261 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13262 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13263 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13265 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13267 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13268 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13269 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13270 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13273 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13274 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13275 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13276 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13279 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13280 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13281 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13282 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13285 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13286 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13287 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13288 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13291 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13293 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13294 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13297 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13299 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13300 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13302 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13303 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13305 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13306 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13308 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13309 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13311 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13312 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13314 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13316 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13317 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13319 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13320 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13322 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13323 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13324 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13325 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13328 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13330 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13331 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13333 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13334 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13335 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13339 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13341 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13342 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13344 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13345 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13347 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13348 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13350 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13352 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13354 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13355 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13357 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13358 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13359 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13360 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13364 /* LUI instruction. */
13366 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13367 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13370 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13372 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13373 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13375 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13376 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13378 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13379 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13382 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13384 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13385 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13386 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13387 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13389 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13390 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13392 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13393 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13394 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13395 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13398 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13399 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13402 /* NOP instructions. */
13404 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13405 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13407 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13408 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13411 /* Instruction match support. */
13413 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13416 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13418 unsigned long indx
;
13420 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13421 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13428 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13430 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13431 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13432 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13433 the second half of another instruction. */
13436 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13438 unsigned long opcode
;
13441 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13442 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13443 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13445 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13446 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13447 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13450 /* No delay slot. */
13456 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13457 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13458 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13459 the second half of another instruction. */
13462 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13464 unsigned long opcode
;
13467 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13468 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13469 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13471 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13472 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13475 /* No delay slot. */
13481 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13482 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13485 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13487 unsigned long opcode
;
13489 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13490 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13492 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13494 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13495 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13496 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13498 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13504 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13505 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13508 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13510 unsigned long opcode
;
13512 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13513 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13515 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13516 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13517 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13519 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13520 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13521 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13522 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13523 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13524 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13525 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13526 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13532 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13533 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13534 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13537 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13538 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13539 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13541 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13542 unsigned long opcode
;
13544 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13545 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13548 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13549 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13550 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13556 /* Bitsize checking. */
13557 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13558 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13559 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13563 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13564 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13565 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13567 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13568 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13569 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13570 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13571 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13572 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13574 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13577 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13578 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13581 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13582 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13583 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13584 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13587 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13589 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13590 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13591 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13592 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13593 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13596 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13597 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13598 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13600 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13601 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13602 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13603 unsigned long opcode
;
13609 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13610 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13614 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13616 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13617 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13618 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13621 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13622 if (contents
== NULL
)
13624 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13625 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13626 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13627 /* Go get them off disk. */
13628 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13631 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13633 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13634 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13636 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13637 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13638 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13639 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13641 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13645 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13646 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13648 /* A local symbol. */
13649 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13652 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13653 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13654 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13655 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13656 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13657 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13658 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13660 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13661 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13662 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13663 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13664 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13668 unsigned long indx
;
13669 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13671 /* An external symbol. */
13672 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13673 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13674 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13676 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13677 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13678 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13679 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13680 regular reloc processing. */
13683 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13684 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13685 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13686 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13687 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13691 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13692 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13693 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13694 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13695 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13696 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13697 the linker is run. */
13699 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13700 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13703 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13705 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13706 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13708 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13711 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13712 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13713 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13715 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13717 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13718 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13719 out the offset). */
13720 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13722 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13723 unsigned long nextopc
;
13727 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13729 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13730 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13731 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13734 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13735 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13736 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13737 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13740 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13741 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13742 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13743 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13746 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13747 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13748 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13749 it through if so. */
13750 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13751 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13752 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13753 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13754 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13755 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13757 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13759 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13762 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13764 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13765 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13766 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13767 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13768 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13769 switch (offset
- 4)
13774 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13778 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13785 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13787 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13789 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13792 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13793 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13794 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13796 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13797 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13799 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13800 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13802 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13803 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13804 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13805 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13806 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13807 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13810 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13811 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13812 the PC-relative distance. */
13813 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13814 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13815 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13816 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13817 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13819 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13820 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13822 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13823 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13824 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13826 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13827 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13830 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13834 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13835 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13837 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13842 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13843 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13844 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13845 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13846 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13847 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13848 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13849 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13851 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13852 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13853 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13854 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13856 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13860 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13862 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13863 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13864 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13865 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13867 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13869 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13870 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13874 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13875 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13877 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13878 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13879 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13881 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13882 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13884 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13887 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13890 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13895 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13896 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13898 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13899 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13900 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13901 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13902 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13903 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13907 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13909 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13910 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13912 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13914 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13915 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13916 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13919 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13924 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13926 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13927 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13928 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13929 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13931 unsigned long n32opc
;
13932 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13934 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13936 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13938 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13939 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13943 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13945 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13947 (move_insn_16
.match
13948 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13949 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13954 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13955 instructions will be handled here later. */
13959 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13960 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13961 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13963 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13971 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13972 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13973 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13974 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13976 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13977 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13978 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13981 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13982 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13987 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13988 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13990 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13994 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13995 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13999 if (contents
!= NULL
14000 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14002 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14006 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14007 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14011 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14012 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14013 free (internal_relocs
);
14018 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14019 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14021 if (contents
!= NULL
14022 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14024 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14025 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14026 free (internal_relocs
);
14031 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
14033 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14034 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14036 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14037 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
14039 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
14043 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
14044 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
14045 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
14051 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
14052 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
14054 return &ret
->root
.root
;
14057 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
14059 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14060 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14062 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14064 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
14067 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14069 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
14070 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14071 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
14076 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
14077 and copy relocs. */
14080 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14082 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14085 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
14086 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
14089 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
14091 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= on
;
14094 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14096 struct mips_mach_extension
14098 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14102 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14103 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14105 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14107 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14108 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14109 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14110 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14111 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14112 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14114 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14115 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14116 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14117 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14119 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14120 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14122 /* R10000 extensions. */
14123 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14124 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14125 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14127 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14128 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14129 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14130 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14131 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14132 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14133 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14135 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14136 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14137 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14138 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14139 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14140 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14142 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14143 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14144 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14146 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14147 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14148 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14149 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14150 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14151 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14152 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14153 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14154 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14155 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14156 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14158 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14159 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14161 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14162 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14163 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14165 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14166 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14167 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14170 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14173 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14177 if (extension
== base
)
14180 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14181 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14184 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14185 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14188 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14189 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14191 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14192 if (extension
== base
)
14199 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14201 static unsigned long
14202 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14206 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14207 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14208 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14209 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14210 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14211 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14212 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14213 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14214 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14215 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14216 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14217 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14218 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
14219 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14220 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14221 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14222 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14223 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14224 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14228 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14231 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14233 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14235 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14236 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14237 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14238 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14239 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14240 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14241 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14242 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14243 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14244 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14245 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14246 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14247 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
14248 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14249 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14250 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14251 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14252 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14253 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14258 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14259 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14261 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14262 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14263 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14265 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14268 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14271 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14273 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14274 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14275 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14276 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14277 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14278 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14279 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14280 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14281 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14282 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14283 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14285 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14286 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
14287 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14290 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14292 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14293 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14296 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14297 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14298 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14299 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14302 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14305 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14307 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14308 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14309 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14310 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14311 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14312 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14313 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14314 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14317 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14320 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14322 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14324 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14325 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14327 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14328 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14330 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14332 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14334 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14335 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14337 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14338 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14339 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14340 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14341 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14342 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14343 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14344 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14345 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14347 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14349 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14350 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14351 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14352 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14353 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14354 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14356 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14357 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14358 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14359 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14360 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14361 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14364 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14365 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14366 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14369 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14372 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14373 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14374 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14375 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14376 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14377 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14378 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14379 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14380 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14381 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14386 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14388 static const char * const secname
[] =
14390 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14391 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14393 static const int sc
[] =
14395 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14396 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14399 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14401 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14402 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14404 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14407 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14409 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14411 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14415 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14416 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14418 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14420 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14421 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14422 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14423 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14424 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14425 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14426 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14427 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14428 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14429 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14430 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14431 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14433 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14435 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14437 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14438 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14440 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14443 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14444 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14448 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14449 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14450 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14454 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14456 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14457 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14459 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14460 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14461 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14463 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14465 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14466 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14467 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14468 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14470 asection
*input_section
;
14472 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14474 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14479 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14481 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14482 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14483 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14486 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14487 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14489 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14490 matters, but someday it might). */
14491 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14496 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14498 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14500 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14501 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14502 the information together. */
14503 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14505 asection
*input_section
;
14507 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14510 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14512 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14517 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14518 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14520 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14521 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14524 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14526 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14527 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14528 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14529 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14530 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14532 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14533 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14534 finally written out. */
14536 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14537 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14538 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14541 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14542 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14544 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14545 matters, but someday it might). */
14546 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14551 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14553 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14556 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14557 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14558 the information together. */
14559 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14560 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14561 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14562 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14563 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14564 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14565 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14566 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14567 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14568 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14569 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14570 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14571 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14573 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14575 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14576 debug_info structure. */
14578 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14579 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14580 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14581 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14582 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14584 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14585 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14586 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14587 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14589 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14590 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14594 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14598 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14599 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14600 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14601 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14603 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14605 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14606 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14609 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14610 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14613 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14614 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14615 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14619 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14621 asection
*input_section
;
14623 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14624 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14628 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14630 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14635 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14636 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14638 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14640 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14641 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14642 want to deal with it. */
14646 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14647 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14649 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14651 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14652 read in the debugging information and set up an
14653 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14654 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14658 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14659 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14660 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14663 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14664 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14665 the linker global hash table and save the information
14666 for the output external symbols. */
14667 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14668 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14669 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14670 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14672 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14673 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14677 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14679 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14680 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14681 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14682 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14685 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14686 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14687 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14688 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14693 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14694 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14695 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14701 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14702 free (input_debug
.line
);
14703 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14704 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14705 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14706 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14707 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14708 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14709 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14710 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14711 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14712 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14714 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14715 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14716 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14719 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
14721 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14722 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14723 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14725 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14726 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14728 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14731 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14732 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14736 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14742 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14745 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14747 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14748 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14749 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14753 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14754 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14756 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14757 matters, but someday it might). */
14758 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14763 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14765 const char *subname
;
14768 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14771 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14772 information describing how the small data area would
14773 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14774 not used in executables files. */
14775 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14777 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14779 asection
*input_section
;
14781 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14783 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14788 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14790 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14791 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14792 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14795 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14796 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14797 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14799 /* Really remove the section. */
14800 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14801 --abfd
->section_count
;
14806 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14807 uninitialized data. */
14808 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14809 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14810 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14814 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14815 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14816 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
14817 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14821 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14822 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14823 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14824 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14825 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14826 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14827 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14829 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14830 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14832 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14833 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14834 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14837 /* Set up the first entry. */
14839 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14840 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14843 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14844 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14846 /* Combine the input sections. */
14847 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14849 asection
*input_section
;
14851 bfd_size_type size
;
14852 unsigned long last
;
14853 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14855 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14857 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14862 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14863 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14865 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14866 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14867 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14868 size
= input_section
->size
;
14870 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14872 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14874 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14875 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14881 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14882 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14883 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14889 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14891 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14892 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14895 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14897 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14898 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14900 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14906 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14909 /* We need a new table entry. */
14910 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14911 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14912 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14918 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14919 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14921 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14922 value, since that will be implied by this new
14925 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14927 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14929 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14930 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14934 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14935 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14940 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14943 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14944 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14945 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14948 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14950 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14952 /* Swap out the table. */
14953 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14954 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14955 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14961 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14962 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14965 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14966 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14968 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14969 matters, but someday it might). */
14970 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14974 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14975 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14978 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14980 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14982 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14983 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14985 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
14987 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14988 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
14990 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
14991 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
14993 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
14994 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14998 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
15000 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
15002 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
15003 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15007 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
15009 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
15010 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
15012 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
15015 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
15018 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
15020 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
15021 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
15022 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
15026 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
15028 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
15029 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
15030 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
15034 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
15036 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15037 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
15039 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
15040 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
15041 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
15049 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
15050 if there are conflicting settings. */
15053 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15055 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15056 flagword old_flags
;
15057 flagword new_flags
;
15060 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15061 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15062 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15064 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15066 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15067 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15069 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15070 doesn't seem to matter. */
15071 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15072 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15074 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15075 just be able to ignore this. */
15076 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15077 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15079 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15080 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15081 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15083 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15088 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15089 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15091 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15092 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15097 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15098 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15099 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15100 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15102 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15103 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15105 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15106 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15108 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15109 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15113 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15115 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15116 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15118 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15119 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15120 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15121 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15122 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15123 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15124 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15126 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15127 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15129 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15130 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15131 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15132 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15133 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15134 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15138 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15139 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15140 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15142 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15143 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15148 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15149 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15151 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15152 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15153 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15154 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15155 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15157 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15158 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15159 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15160 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15162 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15163 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15165 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15166 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15169 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15170 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15173 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15174 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15175 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15177 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15178 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15179 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15180 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15181 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15182 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15184 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15186 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15187 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15189 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15190 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15194 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15196 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15197 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15200 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15201 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15203 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15205 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15206 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15207 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15208 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15210 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15211 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15214 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15215 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15217 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15219 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15220 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15221 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15222 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15224 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15225 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15228 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15229 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15231 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15232 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules "
15234 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
15235 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
15242 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15243 there are conflicting attributes. */
15245 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15247 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15248 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15252 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15253 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15254 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15255 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15257 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15259 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15260 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15262 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15264 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15265 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15267 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15269 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15274 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15275 non-conflicting ones. */
15276 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15277 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15281 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15282 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15283 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15284 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15285 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15286 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15287 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15288 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15289 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15291 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15292 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15294 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15295 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15296 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15297 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15298 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15299 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15300 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15302 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15303 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15305 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15306 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15307 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15308 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15310 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15312 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15313 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15314 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15315 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15317 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15318 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15319 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_fp
);
15320 else if (!out_string
)
15322 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15323 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15324 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_string
);
15325 else if (!in_string
)
15327 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15328 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15329 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_fp
);
15332 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15333 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15334 really relevant to the error message. */
15335 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15336 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15337 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15338 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15340 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15341 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_string
);
15346 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15347 non-conflicting ones. */
15348 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15350 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15351 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15352 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15353 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15354 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15356 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15358 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15359 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15360 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15361 "-mmsa", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15365 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15367 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15369 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15370 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15371 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15372 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
, "-mmsa");
15377 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15378 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15379 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15380 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15381 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15387 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15388 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15391 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15392 there are conflicting settings. */
15395 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15397 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15398 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15399 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15401 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15402 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15404 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15405 /* Merge abiflags. */
15406 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15407 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15408 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15409 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15410 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15411 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15412 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15413 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15414 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15415 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15417 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15418 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15423 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15424 object file when linking. */
15427 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15429 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15430 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15431 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15435 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15436 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
15438 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15439 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15444 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15447 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15448 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15450 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15452 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15453 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15458 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15459 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15460 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15461 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15463 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15464 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15465 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15466 not affect compatibility. */
15467 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15468 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15469 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15471 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15472 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15473 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15475 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15479 if (null_input_bfd
)
15482 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15483 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15485 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15486 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15487 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15489 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15491 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15492 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15494 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15495 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15497 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15498 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15499 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15500 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15502 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15503 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15504 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15505 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15506 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15507 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15508 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15509 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15510 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15511 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15512 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15513 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15514 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15515 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15516 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15518 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15519 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15520 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15521 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15522 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15523 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15524 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15525 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15526 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15527 (unsigned long) in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15531 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15532 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15535 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15537 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15538 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15539 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15542 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15544 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15545 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15546 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15547 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15549 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15550 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15551 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15552 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15554 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15555 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15558 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15559 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15565 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, obfd
);
15567 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15569 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15573 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15580 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15583 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15585 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15586 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15588 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15589 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15594 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15598 default: return "";
15599 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15600 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15601 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15602 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15603 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15604 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15605 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15606 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15607 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15608 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15609 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15610 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15612 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15613 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15614 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15615 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15616 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15617 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15618 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15619 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15620 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15621 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15622 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15623 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15624 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15625 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15626 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15627 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15628 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15629 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15630 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15631 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15632 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15633 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15634 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15635 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15636 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15637 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15638 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15639 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15640 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15641 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15642 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15643 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15644 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15645 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15646 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15647 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15648 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15649 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15650 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15651 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15652 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15653 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15654 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15655 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15656 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15657 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15658 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15659 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15660 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15661 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15662 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15663 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15664 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15665 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15666 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15667 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15668 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15669 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15670 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15671 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15672 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15673 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15674 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15675 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15676 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15677 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15678 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15679 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15680 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15681 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15682 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15683 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15684 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15685 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15686 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15687 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15688 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15689 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15690 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15694 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15698 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15702 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15704 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15705 return "-mdouble-float";
15707 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15708 return "-msingle-float";
15710 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15711 return "-msoft-float";
15713 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15714 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15716 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15719 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15720 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15722 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15723 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15731 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15733 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15734 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15735 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15736 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15737 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
15738 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
15739 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15740 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15741 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15742 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15743 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15744 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15745 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15746 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15747 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15748 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15749 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15750 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15751 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15752 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15753 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15754 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15755 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15756 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15757 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15758 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15759 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15760 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15762 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15763 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15764 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15768 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15773 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15776 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15778 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15779 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15781 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15782 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15784 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15785 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15787 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15788 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15790 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15791 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15794 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15797 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15800 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15803 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15806 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15808 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15809 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15812 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15815 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15818 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15821 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15824 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15826 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15827 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15829 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15830 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15833 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15839 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15843 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15844 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15846 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15847 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15849 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15850 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15852 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15853 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15855 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15856 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15858 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15859 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15861 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15862 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15864 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15865 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15868 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15874 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15876 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15877 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15878 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15879 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15884 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15888 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15890 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15891 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15893 /* xgettext:c-format */
15894 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15896 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15897 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15898 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15899 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15900 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15901 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15902 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15903 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15904 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15905 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15906 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15907 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15908 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15909 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15911 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15913 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15914 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15915 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15916 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15917 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15918 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15919 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15920 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15921 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15922 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15923 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15924 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15925 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15926 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15927 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15928 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15929 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15930 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15931 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15932 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15933 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15934 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15936 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15938 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15939 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15941 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15942 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15944 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15945 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15947 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15948 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15950 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15951 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15953 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15954 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15956 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15958 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15959 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15961 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15962 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15964 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15965 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15967 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15968 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
15970 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
15971 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
15973 fputc ('\n', file
);
15975 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15977 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15978 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
15979 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
15980 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
15981 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
15982 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
15983 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
15984 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15985 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
15986 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15987 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
15988 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
15989 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
15990 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
15991 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
15992 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
15993 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
15994 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
15995 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
15996 fputc ('\n', file
);
16002 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
16004 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16005 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16006 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
16007 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16008 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16009 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
16010 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
16013 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
16014 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
16015 definiton of the symbol. */
16017 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16018 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
16019 bfd_boolean definition
,
16020 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16022 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
16024 unsigned char other
;
16026 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
16027 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
16028 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
16032 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
16033 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
16036 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
16037 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
16039 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
16041 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
16045 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
16047 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
16048 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
16049 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
16052 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
16053 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
16056 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
16057 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16060 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
16061 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
16064 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
16065 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
16066 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
16067 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
16068 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
16069 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
16070 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
16071 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
16074 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
16075 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16076 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16077 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
16080 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16081 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
16082 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
16083 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
16085 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
16086 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
16087 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
16088 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
16089 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
16090 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
16091 unsigned int other
;
16092 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16111 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16114 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16115 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16118 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16119 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16122 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16126 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16127 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
16129 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16131 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16132 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16133 PLT slots per relocation. */
16134 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16135 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16136 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16137 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16138 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16139 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16140 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16142 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16143 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16145 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16148 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16151 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16154 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16156 names
= (char *) send
;
16157 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16160 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16161 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16165 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16166 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16168 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16172 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16173 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16177 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16182 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16186 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16187 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16188 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16192 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16193 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16194 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16196 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16197 const char *suffix
;
16202 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16204 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16205 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16209 /* Truncated table??? */
16210 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16212 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16213 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16214 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16215 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16216 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16218 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16219 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16223 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16224 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16225 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16227 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16228 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16229 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16230 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16231 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16232 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16234 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16235 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16237 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16238 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16239 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16240 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16241 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16242 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16243 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16244 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16245 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16247 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16250 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16251 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16252 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16253 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16254 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16255 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16256 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16257 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16260 /* Truncated table??? */
16261 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16265 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16266 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16273 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16274 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16275 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16276 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16277 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16278 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16280 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16282 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16284 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16285 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16286 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16289 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16291 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16292 names
+= suffixlen
;
16295 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16305 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16307 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16308 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16310 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16313 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16314 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16316 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16317 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16320 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16322 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16323 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16324 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;
16326 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
) && !(elf_stack_flags (abfd
) & PF_X
))
16327 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 5;
16331 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16333 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16336 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16339 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16341 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;